Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Types - natural and human;

INTRODUCTION : 

 “Resources are generally considered as gifts of nature”. Resources are actually a function of human activities. They transform material available in our environment into resources and use them.
Plants, animals, land, water and minerals are termed as natural resources.
By utilizing natural resources, humans created their own world of living. They created building, roads, railways, town, machines, industries etc.

Important Terms  
    Individual Resources : The resources owned privately by individuals.
    National Resources : The resources that belong to the nation. 
    International Resources : The resources that do not belong to any individual country. 
    Resources Planning : The widely accepted strategy for cautious use of resources is known as resource planning. 
    Gross Cropped Area : Area sown more than once in an agricultural year plus net sown  area is known as gross cropped area. 
   Soil Erosion  : The removal of top fertile soil cover due to various reasons like wind, glacier and water is called soil erosion. 
   Gullies : The running water cuts through the clayey soils and makes deep channels  known as gullies. 
   Bad Land or Ravines : Due to the formation of gullies the land becomes unfit for cultivation and is known as bad land or ravines.  
   Sheet Erosion : When the top soil is washed away due to heavy flow of water down  the slopes it is known as sheet erosion. 
   Wind Erosion : When the top fertile soil blows off due to wind it is known as wind  erosion. 
   Shelter Belts : Planting lines of trees to create shelter breaks up the force of the wind. Rows of such trees are called shelter belts.

concept of resources :    
(i) Everything available in our environment which can be used to satisfy our needs, provided, it is technologically accessible, economically feasible and       culturally acceptable can be termed as ‘Resource’.
                                          
(ii) The process of transformation of things available in our environment involves an inter-dependent relationship between nature, technology and                  institution.
(iii) Human beings interact with nature through technology and create institutions to accelerate their economic development. 

Illustration 1 :     What is a resource?
Solution :         Everything available in environment which is technologically accessible, economically feasible and culturally acceptable.

Illustration 2 :     How do human beings interact with to speed up their economic development?
Solution :         Human beings interact with nature through technology.
 

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

Sources, distribution, utilisation, multi-purpose projects, water scarcity

INTRODUCTION 
Water, water everywhere, not a single drop ot drink. These lines show the concern over deficiency of water resources. Now a days water is becoming an important natural resources because the demand of water is constantly rising because of rising population and development of living standard of the people. This chapter deals with various concepts related to water resources with causes of deficiency and methods of replenishment.

Important terms :
    •    Dam :  A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment.
    •    Multi-purpose project : A multi-purpose project is a large scale hydro project other including dams for water retention, canals for irrigation, water                processing and pipelines to supply water to cities and power generation.
    •    Rainwater harvesting : Rainwater harvesting is gathering, accumulating and storing of rainwater for different uses.
    •    Guls or Kuls : In hilly and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘Guls’ or ‘Kuls’ of Western Himalayas for agriculture.
    •    Inundation canal : It is meant to direct flood waters during the rainy season.
    •    Drip irrigation : It is a type of irrigation in which water gets dropped in the form of drips close to roots of the plants in order to conserve the                     moisture.

WATER SOME FACTS AND FIGURES    
96.5 percent of the total volume of world’s water ts estimated to exist as oceans and only 2.5 per cent as freshwater. Nearly 70 per cent of this freshwater occurs as ice sheets and glaciers in Antarctica, Greenland and the mountainous regions of the world, while a little less than 30 per cent is stored as groundwater in the world’s aquifers.
    India receives nearly 4 per cent of the global precipitation and ranks 133 in the world in terms of water availability per person per annum.
    The total renewable water resources of India are estimated at 1,897 sq km per annum.
    Water scarcity & the need for water conservation & management.
    Shortage of water is called water scarcity

    The moment we speak of water shortages, we immediately associate it with 
    regions having low rainfall or with those that are drought prone. We instantaneously visualise the deserts of Rajasthan. 
    But water scarcity in most cases is caused by over-exploitation, excessive use and unequal access to water among different social groups.

Illustration 1
    What is the major source of fresh water ?
Solution
    Precipitation, surface run off, ground water

Illustration 3
    How can we say that water is a renewable resource?
Solution
    Water keeps on rotating in a hydrological cycle, so it is termed as renewable resource.

causes of water scarcity
1. Water scarcity may be an outcome of large and growing population and consequent greater demands for water, and unequal access to it. A large population means more water not only for domestic use but also to produce more food.
2.  Hence. to facilitate higher food-grain production, water resources are being over-exploited to expand irrigated areas and dry-season agriculture.
3. Most farmers have their own wells and tube-wells in their farms for irrigation to increase their produce. It may lead to falling groundwater levels. adversely affecting water availability and food security of the people.
4. Post-independent India witnessed intensive industrialisation and urbanisation.The ever-increasing number of industries has made matters worse by exerting pressure on existing freshwater resources. 
5. Industries, apart from being heavy users of water, also require power to run them. Much of this energy comes from hydroelectric power. Today, in India hydroeclectric power contributes approximately 22 per cent of the total electricity produced.
6. Moreover. multiplying urban centres with large and dense populations and urban lifestyles have not  only   added to water and energy requirements but have further aggrevated the problem. 
7. In the housing societies or colonies in these cities, most of these have their own groundwater pumping devices to meet their water needs. Not surprisingly, that fragile water resources are being over-exploited and have caused their depletion in several of these cities.
1. This scarcity may be due to bad quality of water.
2. Lately, there has been a growing concern that even if there is ample water to meet the needs of the people, much of it may be polluted by domestic and industrial wastes, chemicals, pesticides and fertilisers used in agriculture, thus, making it hazardous for human use.

Need of the hour is to conserve and manage our water resources, to safeguard ourselves from health hazards, to ensure food security, continuation of our livelihoods and productive activities and also to prevent degradation of our natural ecosystems. Over exploitation and mismanagement of water resources will impoverish this resource and cause ecological crisis that may have profound impact on our lives.
They were traditionally built to impound rivers and rainwater that could be used later to irrigate agricultural fields. 
 Today dams are built not just for irrigation but for electricity generation, water supply for domestic and industrial uses, flood control, recreation, inland navigation and fish breeding .
Hence, dams are now referred to as multi-purpose projects where the many uses of the impounded water are integrated with one another.
For example, in the Sutluj-Beas river basin, the Bhakra -Nangal project water is being used both for hydel power production and irrigation. Similarly, the Hirakud project In the Mahanadi basin integrates conservation of water with flood control.
A dam is a barrier across flowing water that obstructs, directs or retards the flow, often creating a reservoir, lake or impoundment. 
 Based on structure and the materials used, dams are classified as timber dams, embankment dams or mason dams, with several subtypes.
 According to the height, dams can be categorised as large dams and major dams or alternatively as low dams, medium height dams and high dams.
Multi-purpose projects, launched after Independence with their integrated water resources management approach, were thought of as the vehicle that would lead the nation to development and progress, over coming the handicap of its colonial past. Jawaharlal Nehru proudly proclaimed the dams as the ‘temples of modern India’, the reason being that it would Integrate development of agriculture and the village economy with rapid industrialisation and growth of the urban economy.

Illustration 4
    How is large population a major factor for increasing demand of water ?
Solution
    A large population leads to increasing demand of water due to
    (i)    More demand for domestic use like cooking, drinking, bathing, washing etc.
    (ii)    Pressure for producing more and more crops leads to heavy demand for irrigation.
    (iii)    For providing employment development of industries which require more water.

Illustration 5
    For which purpose is water being exploited to the maximum extent?
Solution
    Water is being used for irrigation which is highest among all the uses of water.

opposition of multi purpose projects
    1.    Regulating and damming of rivers affect their natural flow causing poor sediment flow.
    2.    Excessive sedimentation at the bottom of the reservoir.
    3.    Rockier stream beds.
    4.    Poorer habitats for the rivers’ aquatic life. 
    5.    Dams also fragment rivers making it difficult for aquatic fauna to migrate, especially for spawning.
    6.    The reservoirs that are created on the floodplains also submerge the existing vegetation and soil leading to its decomposition over a period of                  time.
    7.    Dams have been unsuccessful in controlling floods.
    8.    Dams cause large scale displacement of local communities.
Multi-purpose projects and large dams have also been the cause of many new social movements like the ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan” and the Tehri Dam Andolan” etc. Resistance to these projects has primarily been due to the large-scale displacement of local communities. Local people often had to give up their land, livelihood and their meagre access and control over resources for the greater good of the nation.
Narmada Bachao Andolan or Save Narmada Movement is a Non Governmental Organisation (NGO) that mobilised tribal people, formers environmentalists and human rights activists against the Sardar Sarovar Dam being built across the Narmada river in Gujarat. 
Irrigation has also changed the cropping pattern of many regions with farmers shifting to water intensive and commercial crops. This has great ecological consequences like salinisation of the soil. At the same time, it has transformed the social landscape i.e. increasing the social gap between the richer landowners and the landless poor. 

The dams create conflicts between people wanting different uses and benefits from the same water resources. In Gujarat, the Sabarmati-basin farmers were agitated and almost caused a riot over the higher priority given to water supply in urban areas, particularly during droughts. He water disputes are also becoming common.
1.  Ironically, the dams that were constructed to control  floods have triggered floods due to sedimentation in the reservoir. Moreover, the big dams have mostly been unsuccessful in controlling floods at the time of excessive rainfall. 
The release of water from dams during heavy rains aggravated the flood situation in Maharashtra and Gujarat in 2006. 
2.   The floods have not only devastated life and property but also caused extensive soil erosion. 
3.   Sedimentation also meant that the flood plains were deprived of silt, a natural fertiliser, further adding on to the problem of land degradation. 
4.  It was also observed that the multi-purpose projects induced earthquakes, caused water-borne diseases and pests and pollution resulting from excessive use of water.

Illustration 9
    Which multipurpose project has been opposed by social and environment activist Medha Patkar ?
Solution
    Sardar Sarover Project on Narmada and the movement was termed as Narmada Bachao Andolan.

Illustration 10
    If local people are not being benifiting from multipurpose projects them who is benifited ?
Solution
    The landowners and large farmers, industrialists and a few urban centers are being benifitted.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

1. Types of farming

INTRODUCTION 
Food is the basic requirement of the man so man started cultivation as the civilization began. So agriculture is one of the basic or primary activity. India is a large country with variety of soil and climatic conditions so there is variety in the crops and agricultural methods and practices. India lies in tropical and subtropical zones having a very long period of insolation or sunshine. Variety of soil variety of climatic conditions, makes India a rich agrarian country. In this topic we will deal with different types of farming. Agricultural seasons, crop varieties and other aspects like reforms and problems of this sector.

Important terms and concepts    
Agriculture: It is an economic activity related to cultivation of crops, animal rearing and fishing.
Blue Revolution: A package programme introduced to increase the production of fish and fish products.
Commercial Farming: Farming in which crops are grown with the use of modern technology mainly for commercial purposes to obtain high productivity.
Gene Revolution: It refers to the production of genetically modified seeds that give higher yield per hectare which is the contribution of genetic engineering.
Green Revolution: A package programme to increase the production of food grains with the help of HYV seeds, machines, irrigation and fertilisers, etc.
 Horticulture: Specialised cultivation of fruits and vegetables.
Intensive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming which emphasises maximum use of minimum land.
Kharif: An agricultural season where crops are grown with the onset of rains and harvested by the retreat of the monsoon, mainly from June to September.
Plantation Agriculture: A large scale single crop farming which resembles factory production. It is both labour intensive and capital intensive.
Primitive Subsistence Farming: A type of farming done on small fields using primitive tools mainly in the form of shifting agriculture.
White Revolution: A package programme meant for increasing the productivity of milk.
Sericulture: Rearing of silkworms to produce raw silk.
Zaid: It is a short season summer crop where fruits like watermelon and vegetables like cucumber and grown.
Sericulture: Rearing of silk worms for the production of silk is called sericulature.
Jhumming: Burning a piece of land for cultivation by the forest tribes.

India is an agriculturally important country why?
(i)    Two-thirds of its population is engaged in agricultural activities
(ii)    Contribution of agriculture is 22% in GDP.
(iii)    Agriculture is a primary activity, which produce most of food that we consume.
(iv)    Besides food grains, it also produce raw material for various industuries Like, Cotton, Jute, Silk etc.

Primitive Subsistence Farming
(i)     Practised in North-Eastern states on small Patches of Land with the help of Primitive tools like hoe, dao and digging sticks.
(ii)     Done with the help of family/community labour.

Shifting
(i)     It is also known as ‘Slash and burn’ agricultural
(ii)     Farmers clear a patch of land and produce cereals and other food crops to sustain their family.
(iii)    When the soil fertility decreases, the farmers shift and clear a fresh patch of land for cultivation.
(iv)    This type of shifting allows nature to replenish the fertility of the soil through natural processes.
(v)     It in known by different names in different parts of the country like Jhumming in north-eastern states (Assam, Meghalaya, Mizoram and                           Nagaland),  Pamlou in Manipur, Dipa in bastar district of Chattishgarh and in Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Now a days shifting farming is discouraged because it leads to deforestation and soil erosion.

Intensive Subsistence Farming
    (i)     This type of farming is practised in areas of high population pressure on land.
    (ii)     It is labour-intensive farming, where high doses of biochemical inputs and irrigation are used for obtaining higher production.
    (iii)    Land holding size is uneconomical due to right of inheritence but the farmers continue to take maximum output from the limited land in the                       absence of alternative source of livelihood.        

Commerical Farming
    
(i)     The main characteristic of this type of farming is the use of higher doses of modern inputs, e.g. high yielding variety (HYV) seeds, chemical                       fertilisers, insecticides and pesticides in order to obtain higher productivity.
    (ii)     Plantation is also a type of commercial farming. In this type of farming, a single crop is grown on a large area.
    (iii)     Plantations cover large tracts of land, using capital intensive inputs, with the help of migrant labourers.
    (iv)     All the produce is used as raw material in respective industries.
    (v)     A well-developed network of transport and communication connecting the plantation areas, processing industries and markets plays, an                           important role in the development of plantations.

Illustration 1
  
 Can you name some, industries based on agriculture raw materials?
Solution
    
Sugar industry, Rubber industry, Cotton Textile, Jute industry, Silk industry, Tea industry, Coffee industry, Species etc.

Illustration 2
    Why cultivation methods have changed significantly?
Solution
    Cultivation methods have changed according to
    (a)     Characterstics of physical environment. 
    (b)     Technological know how.    
    (c)      Socio-cultural practices

Illustration 3
    On which factors the primitive subsistence farming depends
Solution
    (i)    Monsoon                
    (ii)    Natural fertility of soil
    (iii)    Suitability of other environmental conditions to the crops grown.

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types of minerals

Natural resources are necessary for economic development of a nation. Among all the natural resources minerals are one of the most important which is an essential component for human development with out minerals we can not imagin our life. Right from the early morning till late night we are dependent on various products made up of minerals. Minerals also from the base of our diet. Dispite of the fact that they are only a micro percentage of our diet the food can not be digested without it. The development of any economy is dependent on mineral avalability and the technology to exploit and develop the minerals. This chapter will explain about the concept the locations of minerals availability and explanation of few minerals which are important.

Significance of minerals :    
    1.    Minerals are an indispensable part of our lives. Almost everything we use. from a tiny pin to a towering building or a big ship, all are made from minerals.
    2.    The railway lines and the tarmac (paving) of the roads, our implements and machinery too are made from minerals.
    Cars, buses, trains, aeroplanes are manufactured from minerals and run on power resources derived from the earth.
    Even the food that we eat contains minerals. In all stages of development, human beings have used minerals for their livelihood, decoration. festivities, religious and ceremonial rites.
    What are minerals and Rock?
    Geologists define mineral as a “homogenous. naturally occurring substance with a definable internal structure. Minerals are found in varied forms in nature, ranging from the hardest diamond to the softest talc.
    Rocks are combinations of homogenous substances called minerals.
    Some rocks, for instance limestone, consist of a single mineral only, but majority of the rock consist of several minerals in varying proportions.
    Although, over 2000 minerals have been identified, only a few are abundantly found in most of the rocks.

 

Classification of Minerals

 

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Types


Production is one of the most important Economic activity. The development of Economic activity of any country is judged from the role of manufacturing sector in that economy. Larger share of manufacturing sector in G.D.P.  shows a higher level of economic growth and development of economy. By developing of the industries a strong base can be created for the development of Agriculture,  and other allied services. This chapter deals with the importance of  the industry and main features of the major industries of India including those based of agriculture, minerals etc. The chapter also deals with the contribution of Industry to the National economy of India and the factors which help in ideal location for establishing  industries. The chapter also explains about the types of pollution caused by industries and their solutions.
 

MANUFACTURING

    Production  of goods in large quantities after processing from a raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    Example :
    ·    Paper is manufactured from word, sugar from sugarcane, iron and steel from ore and aluminium from bauxite.
    ·    People employed in the secondary activities manufacture the primary materials into finished goods. The workers employed factories, car. breweries, textile industries etc fall into this category. Some people are employed in providing services.

    Importance of Manufacturing
    The economic strength of a country is measured by the development of manufacturing industries.
    Manufacturing sector is considered the back bone of development in general and economic development in particular mainly because- 
    ·    Manufacturing industries not only help in modernizing agriculture, which from the backbone of our economy, they also reduce the heavy dependence on agricultural income by providing them jobs in secondary and tertiary sectors.
    ·    Industrial development is a precondition for eradication of unemployment and poverty from our country. This was the main philosophy behind public sector industries and joint sector ventures in India. It was also aimed at bringing down regional disparities by establishing industries in tribal and backward areas.
    ·    Export of manufactured goods expands trade and commerce, and bring in much needed foreign exchange.
    ·    Countries that transform their  raw materials into a wide variety of furnished goods of higher value are prosperous. India’s prosperity  lies in increasing and diversifying its manufacturing industries as quickly as possible.

 

    Agriculture and industry are not exclusive are not exclusive of each other. They move Hand in Hand
    ·    The agro industries in India have given a major boost to agriculture by raising its productivity.
    ·    They depend on the latter for raw materials and sell their products such as irrigation pumps, fertilizers, insecticides, pesticides, plastic  and PVC pipes, machines and tools, etc. to the farmers.
    ·    Thus, development and competitiveness of manufacturing industry has not only assisted agriculturists in increasing their production but also made the production processes very efficient.
    ·    In the present day world of globalization, our industry needs to be more and more competitive . Self sufficiency alone is not enough. Our manufactured goods nust be at par in quality with those in the international market. Only then, will we be able to complete in the international market.

    Contribution of Industry of National Economy
    ·    The trend of growth rate in  manufacturing over the last decade has been around 
7 per cent annum. The desired growth rate over the next decade is 12 percent.
    ·    With appropriate policy interventions by the government and renewed efforts by the industry to improve productivity, economists predict that  manufacturing can achieve its target over the next decade.
    ·    The National Manufacturing Competitiveness Council (NMCC) has been set up with this objectives.

 

    Industrial Locations
    Industrial locations are complex in nature. These are influenced by availability of
    1.  Raw materials;    2.  labour,    3.  capital,    4.  Power and     5.  market. Etc.
    It is rarely possible to find all these factors available at one place. Consequently,
    1.    Manufacturing activity tends to located at the most appropriate place where all the factors of industrial location are either available or can be arranged at lower cost.
    2.    After an industrial activity starts, urbanization follows, Sometimes, industries are located in or near the cities. Thus, industrialization and urbanization go hand in hand.
    3.    Cities provide markets and also provide services such as banking, insurance, transport, labour, consultants and financial advice, etc, to the industry.
    Many industries tend to come together to make use of the advantages offered by the urban centers known agglomeration economies. Gradually, a large industrial agglomeration takes place.
    In the pre- Independence period, most manufacturing units were located in places from the point of view of overseas trade such as Mumbai. Kolkata. Chennai, etc. Consequently. There emerged certain pockets of industrially developed urban centres surrounded by a huge agricultural rural hinterland.

    Classification of Industries
    1.    On the basis of source of raw materials used
        ·    Agro based : Cotton, woolen, jute, silk textile, rubber and sugar, tea, coffee, edible oil.
        ·    Mineral based : iron and steel, cement, aluminium, machines tools, petrochemicals.
    2.    According to their main role :
        ·    Basic or key industries which supply their products or raw materials to manufacture other goods e.g. iron and steel and copper smelting, aluminium smelting.
        ·    Consumer industries  that produce goods for direct use by consumers – sugar, toothpaste, paper, sewing machines, fans etc.
    3.    On the basis of capital investment :
        (i)     A small scale industry, is defined with reference to the maximum investment allowed on the assets of a unit. This limit has changed over a period of time. A present the maximum investment allowed is rupees one crore.
        (ii)      If investment is more than one crore on any industry then it is known as a large scale industry.

    4.    On the basis of ownership :
        ·    Public sector, industries owned operated by government agencies – BHEL, SAIL etc.
        ·    Private sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals – TISCO, Bajaj auto Ltd. Dabur industries etc.
        ·    Joint sector industries which are jointly run by the state and individuals or a group of individuals. Oil India Ltd. (OIL) is jointly owned by public and private sector.
        ·    Cooperative sector industries are owned and operated by the producers or suppliers of raw materials, workers or both. They pool in the resource and the share the profits or losses proportionately such as the sugar industry in Maharashtra, the coir industry in Kerala.
    5.    Based on the bulk and weight of raw material and finished goods :
        ·    Heavy industries such as iron and steel
        ·    Light industries that use light raw materials and produce light goods such as electrical industries, yarn etc.

Illustration 1
    (i)    What are household industries?
    (ii)    Define manufacturing ?
    (iii)    Which is basic raw materials used to manufacture aluminium ?
    (iv)    which product is needed for manufacture of paper ?
    (v)    People employed in which activity manufacture the primary materials into finished goods ?    
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are organized at domestic level and unusually family members work in these.
    (ii)    Production of goods in large quantities after processing from raw materials to more valuable products is called manufacturing.
    (iii)    Bauxite
    (iv)    Wood pulp 
    (v)    Secondary activities

    Try yourself
1.    How can we measure the economic strength of the country ?
2.    Which sector is considered as the backbone of development in general ?
3.    How industries help in reducing pressure from agriculture ?
4.    What was the main philosophy behind public sector and joint sector industries ?
5.    How regional disparities can be brought down by industries ?

 

AGRO BASED INDUSTRIES :
    Eg. Cotton , jute, silk, woolen textiles, sugar and edible oil.

    Textile Industry
    Textile Industry Occupies a unique position in the Indian Economy because 
    1.    Is contributes significantly to industrial production (14 per cent)    
    2.    Employment generation ( 35 million persons directly the second largest next to agriculture)
    3.    Foreign exchange earnings (about 24.6 per cent)
    4.    It contributes 4 per cent towards GDP.
    5.    It is the only industry in the country, which is self reliant and complete in the value chain i.e. from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Cotton Textiles :
    ·    In ancient India, cotton textiles were produced with hand spinning and handloom weaving techniques. After the 18th centuries, power-looms came into use.
    ·    Our traditional industries suffered a setback during the colonial period because they could not complete with the mill-made cloth from England.
    
    The first successful textile mill was established in Mumbai in 1854.
    The two world wars were fought in Europe, India was a British  colony. There was a demand for cloth in U.K. hence, they gave a boost to the development of the cotton textile industry.
    1.    In the early years, the cotton textile industry was concentrated in the cotton growing belt of Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    2.    Availability of raw cotton market transport including accessible port facilities, labour, moist climate etc.contributed towards its localization.
        This industry has close links with agriculture and provides a living to farmers, cotton boll pluckers and workers engaged in spinning, ginning, dyeing, designing, packaging , tailoring and sewing.
        This industry by creating demands supports many other industries such as chemicals and dyes, mill stores, packaging materials and engineering works.

    While spinning continues to be centralized in Maharashtra, Gujarat and Tamil Nadu, weaving is highly decentralized 
    ·    To provide scope for incorporating traditional skills and designs of weaving in cotton, silk, zari, embroidery, etc. India has world class production in spinning, but weaving supplies low quality of fabric as it cannot use much of the high quality yarn produced in the country. Weaving is done by handloom, powerloorn and in mills.
    ·    India exports yarn to Japan. Other importers of cotton goods from India are U.S.A., U.K., Russia, France . East European countries, Nepal , Singapore, Shri Lanka, and African countries.
 

    ·    The weaving, knitting and processing units cannot use much of the high quality yarn that is produced in the country.
    ·    There are some large and modern factories in these segments, but most of the production is in fragmented small units, which cater to the local market. This mismatch is a major drawback for the industry.As a result many of our spinners of cotton imported cotton while apparel garment  manufactures have to import fabric.

    Problem of Textile industry:
    1.    Power supply is erratic.
    2.    Machinery needs to be upgraded in the weaving and processing sectors in particular.
    3.    The low output of labour
    4.    stiff competition with the synthetic fibre industry.
    
    Jute Textile
    India is the largest producer of raw jute and jute goods and stands at second places as an exporter after Bangladesh. There are about 70 jute mills in India. Most of these are located in West Bengal, mainly along the banks of the Hugli river, in a narrow belt (98 km long and 3 km wide).
    Factors responsible for their location the Hugli basin are
    1.    Proximity of the jute producing areas.
    2.    Inexpensive water transport, supported by a good network of railways, roadways and waterways to facilitate movement of raw material to the  mills.
    3.    Abundant water for processing raw jute.
    4.    Cheap labour from West Bengal and adjoining states of Bihar, Orrisa and Uttar Pradesh,
    5.    Kolkata as a large urban centre provides banking, insurance and port facilities for export of jute goods.

    Challenges faced by the industry.
    1.     stiff competition in the international market from synthetic substitutes and 
    2.    from other competitors like Bangladesh, Brazil, Philippines, Egypt and Thailand
    Steps, taken by the government to encourage jute industries:
    (I)     the internal demand has been on the increase due to the Government policy of mandatory use of jute packaging in government departments.
    (II)     To stimulated demand the products need to be diversified
    (III)     In 2005, National Jute Policy was formulated with the objectives of increasing productivity, improving quality, ensuring good prices to the jute farmers and enhancing the yield per hectare.
    (IV)     Moreover the growing global concern for environment friendly, biodegradable materials has once again opened the opportunity for jute products..

    Sugar Industry
    ·    India stands second as a world producer of sugar  but occupies the first place in the production of gur and khandsari.
    ·    The raw material used in this industry is bulky, and in haulage its sucrose content reduces. So distribution the mills may be ideally located near sugarcane feilds.
    ·    Major Producers are - Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Andhra pradeshGujarat along with Punjab, Haryana and Madhya Pradesh. Sixty per cent mills are in Uttar Pradesh  and Bihar. This industry is seasonal in nature so, it is ideally suited to the cooperative sector.

    In recent years there is a tendency for the mills to shift and concentrate in the south and western states.
    1.    This is because the cane produced here has a higher sucrose content.
    2.    The cooler climate also ensures a longer crushing season.
    3.    Moreover, the cooperative  are more successful in these states.

    Major challenges
    1.    The seasonal nature of the industry 
    2.    old and inefficient methods of production
    3.     transport delay in reaching cane to factories and the need to maximize the use of baggase.

Illustration 2
    (i)      Which industries are called agro based industries ?
    (ii)    What is the contribution of Textile in total agricultural production, employment generation and foreign exchange earnings ?
    (iii)    What is the contribution of textile industry in G.D.P. ?
    (iv)     Which industry is complete in the value chain and self relient ?
    (v)    What do you mean by complete value chain ?
Solution
    (i)    Those industries which are dependent on agriculture for their basic raw materials.
    (ii)    14% , 35 million people and 24.6% respectively 
    (iii)    4 % 
    (iv)    Textile industry
    (v)    The process of manufacturing from raw materials to the highest value added products.

    Try yourself
6.    Why traditional cotton textile of India suffered a set back during colonial period ?
7.    In which sector most of the cotton textile mills are situated ?
8.    In which states in the early years the cotton textile mill were situated ?
9.    Why did Mahatma Gandhi lay emphasis on spinning yarn and weaving Khadi ?
10.    Which country imports yarn from India ?
11.    At which place of India most of the jute mills are situated ?

MINERAL BASED INDUSTRY :
    Industries that use minerals non metat and metals as raw materials are called minerals based industries.

    Processes of Manufacture of Steel
    The iron and Steel Industry – Basic Industry
    ·    The iron and steel Industry is the basic industry since all the other industries – heavy, medium and light, depend on its for their machinery.
    ·    Steel is needed to manufacture a variety of engineering goods, construction materials, defence, medical, telephonic, scientific equipment and a variety of consumer goods.
    ·    Production and consumption of steel is often regarded as the index of a country’s development
    ·    Iron and steel is a heavy industry because all the raw materials as well as finished goods are heavy and bulky entailing heavy transportation costs.
    ·    Iron ore. Coking coal and lime stone are required in the ratio of approximately 4 : 2 : 1.
    ·    Some quantities of manganese, are also required to harden the steel.
    ·    the finished products need an efficient transport network for their distribution to the markets and consumers.
    ·    Today with 32.8 million tons of steel production, India ranks ninth among the world crude steel producers. It is the largest producer of sponge iron.
    ·    Presently, there are 10 primary integrated and many mini steel plants in India.

Mini steel plants are smaller, have electric turnaces, use steel scrap and sponge iron.
    ·    They have re-rollers that use steel ingots as well. The produce mild and alloy steel of given specifications.
    ·    An integrated steel plant is large, handles everything  in one complex – from putting together raw materials to steel making, rolling and shaping etc.
    All public sector undertaking market their steel through. Steel Authority of India Ltd.(SAIL) while TISCO markets its produce through Tata Steel.
    In the 1950s China and India produced almost the same quantity of steel.
    Today China is the largest producer & consumer of steel.
    Chotanagpur plateau region has the maximum concentration of iron and steel industries.
    It is the relative advantages this region has for the development of this industry, these include.
    1.    low cost of iron ore.
    2.    high grade raw materials in proximity.
    3.    cheap labour and vast growth potential in the home market.
    4.    Though, India is an important iron and steel producing country in the world yet. We are not able to perform to our full potential largely due to:
        (i)     High costs and limited availability of coking coal
        (ii)     Lower productivity of labour
        (iii)     Irregular supply of energy and 
        (iv)     Poor infrastructure.

    Liberalisation and Foreign Direct Investment have given a boost to the industry with the efforts of private entrepreneurs.

    Aluminium Smelting
    ·    Aluminium smtlting is the second most important metallurgical industry in India.

    Properties
    1.    It is light-
    2.    resistant to corrosion
    3.    a good conductor of heat,
    4.    mallable and becomes strong when it is mixed with other metals.
    Uses :
    1.    It is used to manufacture aircraft, utensils and wires.
    2.    It has gained popularity as a substitute of steel, copper, zinc and lead in a number of industries.
    ·    There are 8 aluminium smelting plants in the country located in Orrisa (Nalco and Balco), West Bengal, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh. Chattisgarh, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu.
    ·    Bauxite, the raw materials used in the smelters is a very bulky, dark reddish coloured rock.
    ·    Regular supply of electricity assured source of raw materials at minimum cost are the two prime factors for location of the industry.

Illustration 3
    (i)     In which category you will place Aluminium smelting according to raw material ?
    (ii)     What is the approximate ratio of Iron ore coking coal and lime stone in blast furnace for making Iron?
    (iii)     How partition of India in 1947 affected the jute industries ?
    (iv)     What is the per capita consumption of steel per annum in India ?
    (v)    In which category according to ownership and scale of production we keep Bhadrawati Steel Plant?
Solution
    (i)      Mineral based industry 
    (ii)     4: 2: 1
    (iii)    Jute producing areas went to East Pakistan (Present Bangladesh) and mills remained in India.
    (iv)    32 kg
    (v)     Private sector and large Scale

    Try yourself
12.    How many primary integrated steel plants are situated in India ?
13.    In which region there is large concentration of steel plants ?
14.    Why large amount of electric is needed for Aluminium extraction ?
15.    What is the nature of Bauxite ?
16.    Why aluminium is used in aviation industry ?

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES :
    ·    It contributes approximately 3 per cent of the GDP.
    ·    It is the third largest in Asia and occupies the twelth place in the world in term of its size. It comprises both large and small scale manufacturing units.
    ·    Rapid growth has been recorded in both inorganic and organic sector.
    ·    Ironganic chemicals include sulphuric acid ( used to manufacture fertilizers, synthetic fibers, plastics, adhesives, paints. Dyes stuffs), nitric acid, alkalies, soda ash (used to make glass, soaps and detergents, paper) and caustic soda.
    ·    Organic chemical include petrochemicals which are used for manufacturing of synthetic fibers, synthetic rubber, plastics, dye-stuffs, drugs and Pharmaceuticals. Organic chemical plants are located near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    ·    The chemical industry is its own largest consumer.
    ·    Basic chemicals undergo processing to further produce other chemicals that are used for industrial application, agriculture or directly for consumer markets.

    Fertilizer Industry
    ·    The fertilizers industry is centred around the production of nitrogenous fertilizers phosphatic fertilizers ammonium phosphate (DAP) and complex fertilizers which have a combination of nitrogen (N). phosphate (P), and potash (K)
    ·    Potash is entirely imported as the country does not have any reserves of commercially usable potash or potassium compounds in any form. India is the third largest producer of nitrogenous fertilizers.
    ·    At present, there are 10 public sector undertaking and one in cooperative sector at Hazira in Gujarat under the fertilizer Corporation of India.

    Distribution
    ·    Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab and Kerala contribute towards half the fertilizers production. Other significant producers are Andhra Pradesh, Orrisa, Rajasthan. Bihar, Maharashtra. Assam, West Bengal. Goa, Delhi, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka.

    Cement Industry
    ·    Cement is essential for construction activity such as building houses, factories, bridges, roads, airports, dams and for other commercial establishments.
    ·    This industry ; requires bulky and heavy raw materials like lime stones, silica, alumina and gypsum.
    ·    Coal and electric power are needed apart from rail transportation.
    ·    The first cement plant was set up in Chennai in 1904.
    ·    After Independence the industry expanded.
    ·    Decontrol of price and distribution since 1989 and other policy reforms led the cement industry to make rapid strides in capacity, process, technology and production.
    ·    There are 128 large plants and 332 mini cement plants in the country.
    ·    India produces a variety of cement.
    ·    Efforts are being made to generate adequate domestic demand and supply in order to sustain this industry.

    Automobile Industry
    ·    Automobile provide vehicle for quick transport of good services and passengers.
    ·    Trucks, buses, cars, motor cycles, scooters, three-wheelers and multi-utility vehicles are manufactured in India various centers.
    ·    This industry had experienced a quantum jump in less than 15 years. Foreign Direct Investment brought in new technology and aligned the industry. With global developments.

    Distribution
    ·    At present there are 15 manufacturers of passengers cars and multi-utility vehicles, 9 of commercial vehicles, 14 of the two and three-wheelers.
    ·    The industry is located around Delhi, Gurgaon, Mumbai. Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, Indore, Hyderabad, Jamshedpur and Bangalore.

    Information Technology and Elecdtronics Industry
    ·    The electronics industry covers a wide range of product from. Transistor sets to television, telephones, cellular telecom, pagers, telephone exchange, radars, computers any other equipments required by the telecommunication industry.
    ·    Bangalore has emerged as the electronic capital of India. Other important centers are Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Pune, Chennai, Kolkata, Lucknow, and Coimbatore.
    ·    A major impact of this industry has been on employment  generation. Upto 31 March 2005. The IT industry employed over one million persons. This number is expected to increase eight-fold in the next 3 to 4 years.
    ·    This industry has been a major foreign exchange earner in the last two or three years because of its fast growing Business Processes Outsourcing (BPO) sector.
    ·    The continuing growth in the hardware and software is the key to the success of IT industry in India.

Illustration 4
    (i)      What is petrochemical ?
    (ii)     Which products are manufactured from Sulphuric acid ?.
    (iii)    Where most of the organic chemical plants are located ?
    (iv)     What is the position of India in reference to the size of chemical industries in Asia and in the world ?
Solution
    (i)     The chemicals derived from Petroleum 
    (ii)     Fertilizers, Synthetic fibre, plastics, adhesive, paints dyestuff.
    (iii)     Near oil refineries or petrochemical plants.
    (iv)     Indian chemical industry holds third largest place in Asia and twelfth in the world.

    Try yourself
17.    Nitric acid, Alkalies , Soda Ash and Caustic Soda lies in which category of chemicals ?
18.    What are inorganic chemicals ?
19.    Which mineral compound is to be imported entirely for making fertilizers ?
20.    Which revolution  led to the growth of fertilizers industry ?
21.    How fertilizers industry is distributed in India ?

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Importance of means of Communication and transportation

INTRODUCTION : 
In this chapter we shall read about different means of transport and communication and achievements made by India in the field of trade and commerce. Transport is the movement of goods and people from one place to another. The term is derived from the Latin word, ‘trans’ meaning across and ‘portare’ means to carry. Industries which have the business of providing equipment, transport of people or goods and services make up a large broad and important sector of most national economics, and are collectively referred to as transport industries.
Communication is a process the allows organisms to exchange information by several methods communication requires that all parties understand a common language that is exchanged. 

Important terms
    ·      Density of Roads : The length of road per sq. km. of area is known as density of roads.
    ·      State Highways : Roads linking a state capital with different district headquarters are known as State Highways.
    ·      District Roads : Roads which connect the district headquarters with other places of the district are called district roads.
    ·      Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways : These are six lane highways connecting major cities and ports of the country for speedy movement of goods and passengers.
    ·      Rural Roads : Roads which link rural areas and villages with towns are classified as rural roads.
    ·      Border roads. Strategically important roads in the bordering areas of the country are called border roads.

Transport and Communication :
Goods and services do not move from supply locales to demand locales on their own. Some people are engaged in facilitating these movements. Efficient means of transport are prerequisites for fast development.
Movement of these goods and services can be over land, water and air. With the development in science and technology, the area of influence of trade and transport expanded far and wide. Efficient and fast moving transport is possible because of equally developed communication transport; communication and trade are complementary to each other.
Railways, airways, waterways, newspaper, radio, television, cinema and Internet, etc. has been contributing to socio economic progress in many ways. The trade from local to international levels has enriched our life and added substantially to growing amenities and facilities for the comfort of life.

Roadways :
    India has one of the largest road networks in the world, aggregating to about 2.3 million Km. Road ways have an edge over railways in view of the ease with which they can be built and maintained.
    (a)    Construction cost of roads is much lower than that of railways lines
    (b)    Roads can traverse comparatively rough terrain.
    (c)    Roads can negotiate higher gradients of slope and such as the Himalayas.
    (d)    Roads transport is economical in transportation of few persons and relatively smaller amount of goods over short distance.
    (e)    It also provide door to door service
    (f)    Road transport is also used as a feeder to other modes of transports such as they provide a link between railways stations, air and seaports.
        ·    Golden Quadrilateral Super Highways:
            1.    Project links Delhi - Kolkata- chennai- Mumbai and Delhi by six - lane super highways.
            2.    The north south corridors linking Srinagar(J & K) and kanyakumari (Tamil nadu)
            3.    East west corridor connecting Silcher (Assam) and Porbander (Gujarat) are port of this project.
            4.    The major objective of these super highways is to reduce the time and distance between the mega cities of India.
            5.    The national highways authority of India (NHAI) is implementing these highways projects.

        ·    National Highways
            1.    Link extreme parts of the country.
            2.    The historical Sher shah Suri marg is called National Highway No1 between Delhi and Amritsar.

·    State Highways :
            1.    Roads linking a state capital with different District Head quarters.
            2.    These roads are constructed and maintained by the State Public Works department (PWD) in state and Union Territories.
        ·    District Roads :
            1.    These roads connect the District head quarters with other place of the District.
            2.    The Zila Parishad maintains these roads.
 ·    Other Roads:
            1.    Rural roads, which link rural area and villages with Towns.
            2.    These roads received special impetus under the Pradhan Mantri Grameen Sadak yojana.
            3.    Special Provision are made so that every village in the country is linked to a major town in the country by an all season Motor able road.
·    Border Roads:
1.    Border roads Organization a government of India undertaking constructs and maintain roads in the bordering area of the country.
2.    These roads have improved accessibility in areas of difficulty terrain and have helped in the economic development of these areas.
Roads can also be classified on the basis of material used for their construction. 
The length of road per 100 sq. km of area is known as density of roads. Distribution of road is not uniform in density from only 12.14 km Jammu & Kashmir to 517.77 km in Kerela national average is 142.68 km. Keeping in view the volume of traffic and passengers, the road network is inadequate. The national Highways are inadequate too. Moreover, the roadways are highly congested in cities and most of the bridges and culverts are old and narrow. 

Illustration 1
    Why are railways important?
Solution
    Railways are important because they are the main arteries of inland transport. They are the lifelines of the country for large scale movement of traffic, freight and passengers.

Illustration 2
    What are National Highways?
Solution
    National Highways are roads which connect one state with the other and are of national importance. They are constructed and maintained by the central government.

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Need for resource planning, natural resources, land as a resource, soil types and distribution.

Resource planning and stages of resources planning : 
Resource Planning : 
Planning is the widely accepted strategy for judicious use of resources. It has importance in a country like India, which has enormous diversity in the availability of resources.
Stages of Resources Planning : 
Resource planning is a complex process which involves
(i)  Identification and inventory of resources across the regions of the country. This involves surveying, mapping and qualitative and quantitative estimation and measurement of the resources.
(ii)  Evolving a planning structure endowed with appropriate technology, skill and institutional set up for implementing resource development plans.
(iii)  Matching the resource development plans with overall national development plans.

Illustration 6 :     What are Chhatisgarh & M.P. rich in?
Solution :             Minerals & coal deposits
    
Illustration 7 :     What does Rajasthan lacks in?
Solution :            Water resources
        
Illustration 8 :     What is Ladakh rich in?
Solution :             Cultural heritage

conservation of resources and land resources :
Conservation Of Resources : 
Resources are vital for any developmental activity. But irrational consumption and over-utilisation of resources may lead to socio-economic and environmental problems. To overcome these problems, resource conservation at various levels is important.
Example: Gandhiji was very apt in voicing his concern about resource conservation in these words: “There is enough for everybody’s need and not for any body’s greed.” 

Land Resources : 

About 43 per cent of the land area is plain, which provides facilities for agriculture and industry.
Mountains account for 30 per cent of the total surface area of the country and ensure perennial flow of some rivers, provide facilities for tourism and ecological aspects.    
About 27 per cent of the area of the country is the plateau region. It possesses rich reserves of minerals, fossil fuels and forests.

Illustration 9 :  Who voiced his concern about conservation of resources?
Solution :      Gandhiji

Illustration 10 :  What is the percentage of plains in India?
Solution :           43%
Illustration 11 :  What is the % of plateau region?
Solution :          27%

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Changing land-use pattern.

land use pattern in India : 
Land Use Pattern In India : 
The use of land is determined both by physical factors such as topography, climate, soil types as well as human factors such as population density, technological capability and culture and traditions etc.
Points
    (i)    The land under permanent pasture has decreased.
    (ii)    Most of the other than the current fallow lands are either of poor quality or the cost of cultivation of such land is very high.
    (iii)    Hence, these lands are cultivated once or twice in about two to three years and if these are included in the net sown area then the percentage of                 NSA in India comes to about 54 per cent of the total reporting area.
    (iv)    The pattern of net sown area varies greatly from one state to another. It is over 80 per cent of the total area in Punjab and Haryana and less than                  10 per cent in Arunachal Pradesh, Mizoram, Manipur and Andaman Nicobar Islands.
    (v)    Forest area in the country is far lower than the desired 33 per cent of geographical area, as it was outlined in the National Forest Policy (1952). It                was considered essential for maintenance of the ecological balance.
    (vi)    A part of the land is termed as waste land and land put to other non-agricultural uses.
    (vii)   Waste land includes rocky, arid and desert areas and land put to other non-agricultural uses includes settlements, roads, railways, industry etc.
    (viii)   Continuous use of land over a long period of time without taking appropriate measures to conserve and manage it, has resulted in land                                 degradation.
    (ix)    It has serious repercussions on society and the environment.

Illustration 12 : Mention the physical factors which determine the use of land.
Solution :     Climate, type of soils and topography

Illustration 13 : How much forest area was desired in the National forest policy?
Solution :       33%

Illustration 14 : What are the non-agricultural uses of land?
Solution :         It includes roads, railways, industries, settlements etc.

 

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Land degradation and conservation measures.

Land degradation and conservation measures : 
Land Degradation : 

Ninety-five per cent of our basic needs for food, shelter and clothing are obtained from land.
 At present, there are about 130 million hectares of degraded land in India. Approximately, 28 per cent of it belongs to the category of forest degraded area, 56 per cent of it is water eroded area and the rest is affected by saline and alkaline deposites.

Wastelands : 

.

Causes of Land Degradation : 
(i) Some human activities such as deforestation, over grazing, mining and quarrying have contributed significantly in land degradation.
(ii) Mining sites are abandoned after excavation work is complete leaving deep scars and traces of over-burdening. In states like Jharkhand, Chhattisgarh, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa deforestation due to mining have caused severe land degradation.
(iii) In states like Gujarat, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra overgrazing is one of the main reasons for land degradation.
(iv) In the states of Punjab, Haryana, western Uttar Pradesh, over irrigation is responsible for land degradation due to water logging leading to increase in salinity and alkalinity in the soil.
(v) The mineral processing like grinding of limestone for cement industry and calcite and soapstone for ceramic industry generate huge quantity of dust in the atmosphere. It retards the process of infiltration of water into the soil after it settles down on the land.
(vi) In recent years, industrial effluents as waste have become a major source of land and water pollution in many parts of the country.
Conservation measures : 
(i)  Afforestation and proper management of grazing can help to some extent.
(ii) Planting of shelter belts of plants, control on over grazing, stabilisation of sand dunes by growing thorny bushes.
(iii) Proper management of waste lands, control of mining activities, proper discharge and disposal of industrial effluents and wastes after treatment can        reduce land and water degradation in industrial and suburban areas.

Illustration 15 :    Name two states which suffer from deforestation due to minning.
Solution :            Jharkhand and Orissa

Illustration 16 :  Name two states where overgrazing is the major cause of land degradation.
Solution :          Gujarat & Rajasthan

Illustration 17 :   What is the major cause of land degradation is Punjab?
Solution :           Over irrigation

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Need for conservation and management, Rainwater harvesting.

Rainwater harvesting
Many thought that given the disadvantages and rising resistance against the multi-purpose projects, water harvesting system was a viable alternative, both socio-economically and environmentally.
 In ancient India, along with the sophisticated hydraulic structures, there existed an extraordinary tradition of water-harvesting system. People had in-depth knowledge of rainfall regimes and soil types and developed wide ranging techniques to harvest rainwater, groundwater. river water and flood water in keeping with the local ecological conditions and their water needs. 
 In hill and mountainous regions, people built diversion channels like the ‘guls’ or ‘kuls’ of the Western Himalayas for agricultures.
Rooftop rain water harvesting’ was commonly practised to store drinking water, particularly in Rajasthan.
In the flood plains of Bengal, people developed inundation channels to irrigate their fields.
 In arid and semi-arid regions, agricultural fields were converted into rain fed storage structures that allowed the water to stand and moisten the soil like the “khadins’ in Jaisalmer and ‘Johads’ in other parts of Rajasthan.

3(i)    In the semi-arid and arid regions of Rajasthan. particularly in Bikaner, Phalodi and Barmer, almost all the houses traditionally had underground tanks or tankas for storing drinking water. 
The tanks could be as large as a big room; one household in Phalodi had a tank that was 6.1 metres deep, 4.27 metres long and 2.44 metres wide. 
The tankas were part of the well-developed rooftop rainwater harvesting system and were built inside the main house or the courtyard. They were connected to the sloping roofs of the houses through a pipe.
Rain falling on the rooftops would travel down the pipe and was stored in these underground ‘tankas’. The first spell of rain was usually not collected as this would clean the roofs and the pipes. The rainwater from the subsequent showers was then collected.
The rainwater can be stored in the tankas till the next rainfall making it an extremely reliable source of drinking water when all other sources are dried up, particularly in the summers. Rainwater, or palar pani, as commonly referred to in these parts, is considered the purest form of natural water. 
Many houses constructed underground rooms adjoining the ‘tanka’ to beat the summer heat as it would keep the room cool.

3(ii)    Roof top rain water harvesting is the most common practice in Shillong, Meghalaya. It is interesting because Cherapunjee and Mawsynram situated at a distance of 55 km   from Shillong receive the highest rainfall in the world, yet the state capital Shillong faces acute shortage of water. Nearly every household in the city has a rooftop rain water harvesting structure. Nearly 15-25 per cent of the total water requirement of the household comes from rooftop water harvesting.

Fortunately, in many parts of rural and urban India, rooftop rainwater harvesting is being successfully adapted to store and conserve watery.
In Gendathur, a remote backward village in Mysore. Karnataka. villagers have installed, in their household’s rooftop, rainwater harvesting system to meet their water needs. Nearly 200 households have installed this system and the village has earned the rare distinction of being rich in rainwater. 
Gendathur receives an annual precipitation of 1.000 mm, and with 80 per cent of collection efficiency and of about 10 fillings, every house can collect and use about 50,000 litres of water annually. From the 20 houses, the net amount of rainwater harvested annually amounts to 1,00.000 litres.
Illustration 13
“Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem”. comment.
Solution
    Flood and famines are the two sides of the same problem because both are related to availablility of water either in excess or in paucity.
    These problems can be solved by proper management of water i.e. channlising surplus water to deficient areas.

Illustration 14
    What is the need to conserve water ?
Solution
    Need for water conservation is due to
    1. With economic growth and urbanization the requirement of water is multiplying fast.
    2. Although water is a renewable resource but the rate of replenishment is low in comparision to its entraction.
    3. Over use of water resources has also adversly affected the quality of water.

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Major crops, Cropping pattern, Technological and institutional reforms.

Cropping Pattern
    Types of Crops grown in India
    (i)     Food Crops: Rice, Wheat etc.
    (ii)     Foddar: Millets, Grasses
    (iii)     Fiber Crops: Cotton, Jute, hem. etc.
    (iv)     Vegetables: Potato, Tomato, Onion, Bringal, etc.
    (v)     Fruits: Mangos, Apple, Banana etc.
    (vi)     Spices and Condiments: Pepper, Cardamom, Saffron, Turmeric

Illustration 5
    Why there are different cropping patterns in India?
Solution
    Different cropping patterns depend on the differences in physical diversity and plurality of culture in India.

Illustration 6
    Which rains are necessary for the success of Rabi crop.
Solution
    Rainfaill due to western temperate cyclones helps in the success of these crops.

Illustration 7
    Which crop has been benifitted mostly due to green revolution?
Solution
    Rabi crops specially wheat has been benefitted from green revolution.

Major Crops
    In India a variety of food and non food crops are grown in different parts of the country depending upon
    (i) The variations in soil        (ii) Different climatic zones           (iii) Different cultivation practices
    Major crops grown in India are: Rice, Wheat, Millets, pulses, tea, coffee, sugarcane, oilseeds, cotton and jute etc.

Illustration 8


(i)    Mention the states which are the major produces of Rice?
(ii)    Why most of the rice producing areas are in East?
(iii)    Which is the most popular staple food crop of India?
Solution

    (i)    East UP, Bihar, West Bengal, Assam Pradesh, East Tamil Nadu coastal Kerela.
    (ii)    Because this area get heavy rains due to monsoon winds and paddy is a water loving plant.
    (iii)    Rice (Paddy)

Features of Major crops
Rice 
(i)     Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)     In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
 (i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
 (ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
    
Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

(i)    Which are the major wheat producing areas of India?
(ii)    In which part of India wheat is the main staple food crop?
(iii)    In which cropping season rice and wheat are produced?
Solution
 (i)    South west J & K, Punjab, Himanchal, Haryana, Uttaranchal, North Rajasthan, West UP, MP.
 (ii)    North West
 (iii)    Rice is produced in Kharif season and wheat in Rabi Season.

Features of Major crops
Rice 

(i)  Our country is the second largest producer of rice in the world after China. 
(ii)  In the areas of less rainfall, it grows with the help of irrigation.
    
Geographical Condition
(i)     It is a kharif crop which requires high temperature above 25ºC
(ii)     High humidity with annual rainfall above 100 cm.
(iii)     It grows in fertile soil like alluvial, Black etc.
 

Producing states
Rice is grown in the plains of north and north-eastern India, coastal areas and the deltaic regions. Development of dense network of canal irrigation and tubewells have made it possible to grow rice in areas of less rainfall such as Punjab. Haryana and western Uttar Pradesh and parts of Rajasthan.

Wheat
 (i)     It is the main food crop, in north and north-western part of the country.
 (ii)     There are two important wheat-growing zones in the country-the Ganga-Satluj plains in the north-west and black soil region of the Deccan.
    
Geographical Condition
(i) This rabi crop requires a cool growing season sowing temperature about 10ºC to 15ºC and harvesting temperature 20ºC to 25ºC or a bright sunshine at the time of ripening.
 (ii)  It requires 50 to 75 cm of annual rainfall evenly distributed over the growing season.
(iii)  this required loamy and black soil.
    
Producing states
 The major wheat-producing states are Punjab, Haryana, UP, Bihar, Rajasthan and parts of MP.

Millets
(i)  Jowar, bajra and ragi are the important millets grown in India.
(ii)  These are known as coarse grains, they have very high nutritional value. 
For example, ragi is very rich in iron, calcium, other micro nutrients and roughage. 
Jowar is the third most important food crop with respect to area and production. It is a rain-fed crop mostly grown in the moist areas which hardly needs irrigation. maharashtra is the largest producer of jowar followed by Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and MP.
Bajra Rajasthan is the largest producer of bajra followed by UP, Maharashtra, Gujarat and Haryana. 
Ragi  is a crop of dry regions. Karnataka is the largest producer of ragi followed by Tamil Nadu. Apart from these states. Himachal Pradesh, Sikkim, Jharkhand and Arunachal Pradesh are also important for the production of ragi.

Technological Reforms
The Green Revolution technological based on the use of package technology and some of the strategies initiated to improve the lot of Indian agriculture like 
(i)     Tubewells and pumps
(ii)     Tractors, trucks, trolleys, etc.
(iii)     Tillers, threshers, harvestors, etc.
(iv)     HYV seeds
(v)     Fertilisers
(vi)     New means of irrigation, like drip irrigaion and sprinklers
(vii)     Pesticides, insecticides, etc.
Institutional Reforms 
1. Collectivisation consolidation of holdings, cooperation and abolition of zamindari, etc. were given pirority to bring about institutional reforms in the country after independence.
2. Provision for crop insurance against drought, flood, cyclone, fire and disease, establishment of Grameen banks, Cooperative societies and banks for providing loan facilities to the farmers at lower rates of interest were some imporant steps in this direction.
3. Kissan Credit Card (KCC), Personal Accident Insurance Scheme (PAIS) are some other scheme introduced by the Government of India for the benefit of the farmers.
4.  Special weather bulletins and agricultural programmes for farmers were introduced on the radio and television.
5.  The government also announces minimum support price, remunerative and procurement prices for important crops to check the exploitation of farmers by speculators and middlemen.

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Conservation, Types of power resources.

Conservation of minerals


    Q.    Why is there a need to conserve minerals?
    (i)    The total volume of workable mineral deposits is an insignificant fraction i.e. one per cent of the earth’s crust.
    (ii)    We are rapidly consuming mineral resources that required millions of years to be created and concentrated. The geological processes of mineral formation are so slow that the rates of replenishment are infinitely small in comparison to the present rates of consumption. Mineral resources are therefore, finite and non-renewable.
    (iii)    Rich mineral deposits are our country’s extremely valuable but short-lived possessions. Continued extraction of ores leads to increasing costs as mineral extraction comes from greater depths along with decreased in quality.
    Measures to conserve the minerals
    (i)    The minerals should be used in a planned way so that these can be used in judicious way.
    (ii)    Wastage of minerals should be minimised.
    (iii)    Modern technology should be used for the exploitation of minerals.
    (iv)    Export of minerals should be minimised
    (v)    We should think about the use of substitutes in order to save minerals.
    (vi)    We should encourage recycling of metals.

 

 

Illustration 5
    In which areas we have petroleum deposits?
Solution
    Gujrat and Assam regions.
                    
Illustration 6
    Which region is devoid of minerals and why?
Solution
    Alluvial plains of North India is devoid of minerals because of differences in geological formations, processes and time involved in the formation of minerals.
                    
Illustration 7
    What is the share of ferrous minerals of the total value of production of mettalic minerals?
Solution
    It accounts for three fourth of the total value of ferrous minerals.
                    
Illustration 8
    In which part of India we have my reserves of high grade iron ore deposits of haemetite?
Solution
    Bailadila range of hills in Bastar district of Chattisgarh.
                    
Illustration 9
    Which iron ore mine is the heighest peak of Western Ghats of Karnataka?
Solution
    Kndremukh mines.

 

Energy Resources

Coal
    In India, coal is the most abundantly available fossil fuel.
    Uses:    
    1.    It provides a substantial part of the nation’s energy needs.
    2.    It is used for power generation, to supply energy to industry as well as for domestic needs.
    3.    India is highly dependent on coal for meeting its commercial energy requirements.
    Formation:
    Coal is formed  due  the  compression  of plant material  over millions of years. The variety of coal depending on the degrees of compression and the depth and time of burial.

Petroleum
    Uses    
    1.    Petroleum or mineral oil is the next major energy source in India after coal. It provides fuel for heat and lighting, lubricants for machinery and raw materials for a number of manufacturing   industries.
    2.    Petroleum refineries act as a “nodal industry” for synthetic textile, fertiliser and numerous chemical industries.
    3.    Transport sector.
    Occurrances
    1.    Most of the petroleum occurrences in India are associated with anticlines and fault traps in the rock formations of the tertiary age.
    2.    In regions of folding, anticlines or domes, it occurs where oil is trapped in the crest of the upfold.
        The oil bearing layer is a porous limestone or sandstone through which oil may flow. The oil is prevented from  rising or sinking by intervening non-porous layers.
    3.    Petroleum is also found in fault traps between porous and non-porous rocks. Gas. being lighter usually occurs above the oil.
    Distribution
    1.    Assam – Assam is the oldest oil producing state of India. Major oil fields of Assam are :
        (i)     The Digboi : It is the oldest coal field of India.
        (ii)     The Naharkatiya : It is located in the south-west of Digboi.
        Rudrasagar, Sib Sagar and Moran-Hugrijan are other major oil fields of Assam.
    2.    Oil fields in Western India : This includes the oil fields of Gujarat and the offshore oil fields of Mumbai High.
    3.    Gujarat : Gujarat produces 18% of the total oil production of India. Ankleshwar, Khambhat, Ahmedabad and Kalol fields are the major oil fields of Gujarat.
    4.    Off-shore oil fields : The largest mineral oil deposits of India are found in the off-shore sea near Mumbai High (63%). It is located in the continental shelf off the coast of Maharashtra about 
176 km northwest of Mumbai and Bassein in the Gulf of combay.

Natural Gas
    Uses
    (i)     It can be used both as a source of energy and also as an industrial raw material in petro-chemical industry.
    (ii)    It takes less time to build a power plant based on natural gas.
    (iii)    For Indian agriculture, it has a capacity to boost its production through the building of fertilizer plants based on natural gas.
    (iv)    It is easy to transport through gas pipe lines.

Distribution
    1.    Large reserves of natural gas have been discovered in the Krishna- Godavari basin.
    2.    Along the west coast the reserves of the Mumbai High and allied fields are supplemented by finds in the Gulf of Cambay.
    3.    Andaman and Nicobar islands are also important areas having large reserves of natural gas.
    Electricity
    Elecctricity is generated mainly in two ways: by running water which drives hydro turbines to generate hydro electricity. By burning other fuels such as coal, petroleum and natural gas to drive turbines to produce thermal power. 

Electricity

For progress and prosperity of individuals and the nation, electricity is an important requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Nuclear energy is the hope of Future
    Nuclear or Atomic Energy is obtained by altering the structure of atoms.
    When such an alteration is made, much energy is released in the form of heat and this is used to generate electric power.
    Uranium and thorium, which are available in Jharkhand and the Aravalli ranges of Rajasthan are used for generating atomic or nuclear power. The Monazite sands of Kerala is aiso rich in thorium.
    Pressing need to use Non-Conventional Sources of Energy
    The growing consumption of energy has resulted in the country becoming increasingly dependent on fossil fuels such as coal, oil and gas. Rising prices of oil and gas and their potential shortages have raised uncertainties about the security of energy supply in future.

 

    Which in turn has serious repercussions on the growth of the national economy.
    Moreover, increasing use of fossil fuels also causes serious environmental problems.
    Hence, there is a pressing need to use renewable energy sources like solar energy, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material. These are called non-conventional energy sources.
    1.    Solar Energy has a bright future in India
        (i)     Location of India : India is a tropical country so lot of solar energy is available in India. It is about 20 MW per sq. km per annum.
        (ii)     Thar desert: India has Thar desert which can become the biggest solar power house of India.
        (iii)     Different uses : Solar energy can be used for cooking, pumping water, refregerators and street lighting. So its demand will increase in future.
        (iv)     Developing country : India is a developing country so there is every possibility of increase in consumption of power. Non-renewable sources of energy are in short supply so the solar energy can supplement the non-renewable sources of energy.
        The largest solar plant of India is located at Madhapur, near Bhuj. where solar energy is used to sterlise milk cans.
    2.    Wind power
        1.    India now ranks as a “wind super power” in the world. The largest wind farm cluster is located in Tamil Nadu from Nagarcoil to Madurai. 
        2.    Apart from these. Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Lakshadweep have important wind farms. 
        3.    Nagarcoil and Jaisalmer are well known for effective use of wind energy in the country.
    3.    Biogas (Twin benefits to the farmers production)
        Shrubs, farm waste, animal and human waste are used to produce biogas for domestic consumption in rural areas. Decomposition of organic matter yields gas. which has higher thermal efficiency in comparison to kerosene, dung cake and charcoal.
        The plants using cattle dung are know as ‘Gobar gas plants’ in rural India. 
        These provide twin benefits to the farmer in the form of energy and improved quality of manure.
        It improves the quality of manure and also prevents the loss of trees and manure due to burning of fuel wood and cow dung cakes.
    4.    Tidal Energy
        Method of Production 
        Oceanic tides are used to generate electricity. Floodgate dams are built across inlets. During high tide water flows into the inlet and gets trapped when the gate is closed. 
        After the tide falls outside the flood gate, the water retained by the floodgate flows back to the sea via a pipe that carries it through a power-generating turbine.
        In India, the Gulf of Kuchchh, provides ideal conditions for utilising tidal energy. A 900 mw tidal energy power plant is set up here by the National Hydropower Corporation.

    5.    Geo Thermal Energy
        Method of production
        1.    Geothermal energy refers to the heat and electricity produced by using the heat from the interior of the Earth. 
        2.    Geothermal energy exists because, the Earth grows progressively hotter with increasing depth. Where the geothermal gradient is high, high temperatures are found at shallow depths. 
        3.    Groundwater In such areas absorbs heat from the rocks and becomes hot. It is so hot that when it rises to the earth’s surface, it turns into steam. This steam is used to drive turbines and generate electricity.
        Two experimental projects have been set up in India to harness geothermal energy. One is located in the Parvati valley near Manikarn in Himachal Pradesh and the other is located in the Puga Valley, Ladakh.
    

Conservation of Energy 
    Conservation of Energy Resources is Necessary
    1.    Energy is a basic requirement for economic development. Every sector of the national 
economy-agriculture, industry, transport, commercial and domestic - needs inputs of energy. 
    2.    The economic development plans implemented since Independence necessarily required increasing amounts of energy to remain operational. As a result, consumption of energy in all forms has been steadily rising all over the country. In this background, there is an urgent need to develop a sustainable path for conservation of energy.
    Method of conserving energy according to “Energy conservation Act”.
    For conservation of energy resources in India an Energy Conervation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect into effect in March 2002. It provides measures for efficient use of energy and its conservation. To conserve energy we should:
    1.    Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
    2.    Switch off electricity whenever not required.
    3.    Use power saving devices.
    4.    Check the power equipment regularly.
    5.    Emphasise on greater use of non conventional sources of energy.

Energy Resources

  •         Energy is an indispensable requirement in modern life.
  •         Electricity is used to operate various kinds of machines.
  •         Availability of energy is a pre-requisite of modern economic activities.

 

Non-conventional Sources of Energy
    The non-conventional sources of energy, namely Sun, wind, tide, biomass and energy from waste material, have gained importance in recent years. The non-conventional sources are abundant, renewable, pollution-free and ecofriendly. Therefore, this energy has a bright future. The non-conventional energy potential of India is estimated at about 95,000 MW.

Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.
        Emphasise on greater use of non-conventional sources of energy.

Illustration 10
    Which energy resources are polluting in nature?
Solution
    Conventional energy resources like coal, petroleum and natural gas. 

Illustration 11
    Which are the major coal fields in India.
Solution
    Tertiary coal fields and Gondwana coal fields.

Illustration 12
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for which industries?
Solution
    Petroleum refinary acts as nodal industry for synthetic textile, fertilizer & numerous chemical industries.

Illustration 13
    In which occurences petroleum is found?
Solution
    Petroleum is found in anticlins and fault traps associated with rock formations of tertiary age.

Illustration 14
    Where natrual gas is found?
Solution
    Natural gas is found in the oil fields above the layers of the oil.

    Try yourself:
11.    Which areas are offshore fields of India?
12.    In which areas we find Gondwana coal reserves?
13.    Which are the major oil producing regions of Assam?
14.    Which are the two forms of natural gas?
15.    What are floodgate dams?

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Distribution and utilization, and conservation.

    Conservation of Energy Resources
         An Energy Conservation Act, 2001 was enacted, which came into effect in March 2002.

    To conseve energy we should:
         Use more and more of public transport system and less of individual vehicles.
         Switch off electricity whenever not required.
         Use power-saving devices.
         Check the power equipments regularly.

 

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Industrial pollution and degradation of environment, Measures to control degradation.

INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION 
    Air pollution
    ·    Although industries contribute significantly to India’s economic growth and development, the increase in pollution of land, water, air, noise and resulting degradation of environment that they have caused, cannot be overlooked.
    ·    Air Pollution is caused by the presents of high proportion of undesirable gases, such as sulphur dioxide and carbon monoxide.
    ·    Air-borne particulate materials contain both solid and liquid particles like dust, sprays mist and smoke..
    ·    Smoke is emitted by chemical and paper factories, brick kilns, refineries and plants, and burning of fossil fuels in big and small factories that ignore pollution norms. Toxis gs leaks can be very hazardous with long terms effects.
    ·    Air pollution adversely affects human health, animals, plants, buildings and the atmosphere as a whole.

    Water Pollution is caused by organic and inorganic industrial wastes and affulents discharged into rivers.
    ·    The main culprits in this regard are paper, pulp, chemical, textile, and dyeing, petroleum refineries, tanneries and electro planting industries that let out dyes. Detergents, acids, salts and heavy metals like lead and mercury pesticides, fertilizers, synthetic chemicals with carbon, plastics and rubber, etc. into the water bodies.
    ·    Fly ash. Phospo- gypsum and iron and steel slags are the major solid wastes in India

    Thermal pollution of water occurs when hot water from factories and thermal plants is drained into rivers and ponds before cooling.
    Nuclear Pollution
    ·    Wastes from nuclear plants, nuclear and weapon production facilities causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriages:
    ·    Soil and water pollution are closely related. Dumping of wastes specially glass, harmful chemicals, industrial effluents, packaging, salts and garbage renders the soil useless.
    ·    Rain water percolates to the soil carrying the pollutants to the ground and the ground water also gets contaminated.

    Noise pollution not only results in irritation and anger, it can also cause hearing impairment, increased heart rate and blood pressure among other physiological effects.
    ·    Unwanted sound is an irritant and a source of stress. Industrial and construction activities, machinery, factory equipment , generators, saws and pneumatic and electric drill also make a lot of noise.

Control of Environmental Degradation
    ·    Every litre of waste water discharged by our industry pollutes eight times the quantity of freshwater.
        (a)     How can the industrial pollution of fresh water be reduced ?
            (i)    minimizing use water for processing by reusing and recycling it in two or more successive stages
            (ii)    harvesting of rain water to meet water requirements.
            (iii)     treating hot water and effluents before releasing them in rivers and ponds. Treatment of industrial effluents can be done in three phases.
                (a)     Primary treatment by mechanical  means. This involves screening, grinding, flocculation and sedimentation.
                (b)     Secondary treatment by biological process
                (c)     Tertiary treatment by biological, chemical and physical processes. This involves recycling of waste water.
         (b)    Overdrawing of ground water reserves by industry where there is a threat to ground water resources also needs to be regulated legally.

  • Particulate matter in the air can be reduced by fitting smoke stacks to factories with electrostatic precipitators. Fabric filters, scrubbers and inertial separators.
  • Smoke can be reduced by using oil or gas instead of coal in factories.
  • Machinery and equipment can be used and generators should be fitted with silencers.
  • Almost all machinery can be redesigned to increase energy efficiency and reduce noise. Noise absorbing materials may be used apart from personal use of earplug and earphones. 

    NTPC
    ·    NTPC is a major power providing corporation in India. It has ISO certification of EMS (Environment Management System) 14001.
    ·    The corporation has a pro-active approach for preserving the natural environment and resources like water, oil and gas and fuels in places where it is setting up power plants.
    ·    This has been possible through-
        (a)     Optimum utilisation of equipment adopting latest techniques and upgrading existing equipment.
        (b)    Minimizing waste generation by maximizing ash utilization.
        (c)    Providing green belts for nurturing ecological balance and addressing  the question of special purpose vehicles for afforestation
        (d)     Reducing environmental pollution through ash pond management, ash water recycling system and liquid waste management.
        (e)     Ecological monitoring, reviews and online database management for all its power stations.

 

Illustration 5
    (i)      What as the biggest drawback of Industrial development ?
    (ii)    What do you mean by B.P.O.?
    (iii)     What are the merits of  Software technology Parks ?
    (iv)     In which type of pollution you will place Bhopal Gas Tragedy ?
    (v)     Which are the major solid wastes in India ?

Solution
    (i)     It has led to increase in pollution of land water air, noise and has led to environmental degradation.
    (ii)     It means Business Processes Outsourcing under which some processes of business are done in other countries where they are cheaper.
    (iii)     They provide a single window service and high data communication facility to software exports.
    (iv)     Air Pollution
    (v)     Fly ash, photo- gypsum and iron and steel slogs are the major solid wastes in India.

    Try yourself
22.    Which kind of pollution causes cancers, birth defects and miscarriage ?
23.    How rain fall pollutes the ground and the ground water ?
24.    Which health problems can be caused by noise pollution ?
25.    What is the primary treatment of water pollution ?
26.    How secondary treatment of water pollution is done

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Trade & Tourism.

Tourism as a Trade :
Tourism in India has grown substantially over the last three decades. Over 5.78 million foreign tourists visit India in 2010. Tourism is important because:
1.    Promotes national integration.
2.    Provides support to local handicrafts and cultural pursuits.
3.    It also helps in the development of international understanding about our culture and heritage.
Foreign tourists visit India for heritage tourism, eco tourism, adventure tourism, culture tourism, medical tourism and business tourism.
Rajasthan, goa , Jammu and Kashmir and temple towns of south India are important destinations of foreign tourists in India. There is vast potential of tourism development in the northeastern states and the interior parts of Himalayas. But due to strategic reasons these have not been encouraged so far.

Illustration 10
    Describe the new developments in means of communication in India.
Solution
    (i)    Knowledge based information technology via internet. One can access information from universities, libraries, museums, etc. anywhere in the                      world. 
    (ii)    Cellular (mobile) phones and convergence of telephone, television, voice mail and even print media.
    (iii)    Telex services, E-mail and internet are becoming popular.
    (iv)    Cable television is revolutionising entertainment and communication.
    (v)    Essential services like emergency, hospital, banking shopping, railway and air booking services, etc. are now available via internet or telephone.

Illustration 11
    What is mass communication?
Solution
    Radio, Television, Films, Newspapers, Print media are means of mass media in India. At present there are 200 Radio (Akashwani) stations with 327 transmitters. Doordarshan, started in 1959, the national television service of India with 897 transmitters. It serves 87% of our population; watched by 350 million viewers. Its commercial ads brought revenue of Rs.17,000 million in 2001. Films are produced in all the languages. There are 50,000 newspapers and periodicals published in India. Satellites like INSAT-1, B, 2-B, 2-D, etc. have helped in promoting these telecommunications.

Illustration 12
    Distinguish between Personal Communication and Mass Communication.
Solution

Related Unit Name